blob: e7b074b43c3a84ccf55724bf04646fb31c4db0bf [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
40/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
41/// referenced), false otherwise.
42bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000043 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000044 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
46 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
47 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000048 bool isSilenced = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000050 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
51 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
52 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000053 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000054
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000055 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
56 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
57 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
58 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
59 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
60 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
61 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000062
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000063 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000065 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000066 }
67 }
68 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000069
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
72 }
73
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000075 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000076 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
77 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
78 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
79 return true;
80 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000081 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000082
83 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000084 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000085 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
87 }
88
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000089 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000090}
91
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000092/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000093/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000094/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
95///
96void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000099 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
177 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000179 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000180 }
181 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000182}
183
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000184SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
185 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
186 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
187}
188
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190// Standard Promotions and Conversions
191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
194void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
195 QualType Ty = E->getType();
196 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
197
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlssonb633c4e2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000200 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000201 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
202 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
203 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
204 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
205 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
206 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
207 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000208 //
209 // C++ 4.2p1:
210 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
211 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
212 //
213 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
214 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000215 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
216 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
220/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
223/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
224/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
225Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
226 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
227 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000228
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
230 //
231 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
232 // unsigned int may be used:
233 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
234 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
235 // and unsigned int.
236 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
237 //
238 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
239 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
240 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
241 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000242 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
243 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
244 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy);
245 return Expr;
246 }
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000247 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000248 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000250 return Expr;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000253 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000254 return Expr;
255}
256
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000257/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000259/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
260void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000265 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000266 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
267 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
270}
271
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000272/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
273/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
274/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
275/// completely illegal.
276bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000277 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000279 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
280 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
281 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
282 << Expr->getType() << CT;
283 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000284 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000285
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000286 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
287 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT;
289
290 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000291}
292
293
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
295/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
298/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
299/// GCC.
300QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
301 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000302 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000303 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000306
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000309 QualType lhs =
310 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000311 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000312 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
314 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
315 if (lhs == rhs)
316 return lhs;
317
318 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
319 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
320 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
321 return lhs;
322
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000323 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000324 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000325 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
326 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000327 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
329 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
330
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000331 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000332 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000333 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000335 return destType;
336}
337
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
339// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
340//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
341
342
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000343/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000344/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
345/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
346/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
347/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348///
349Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000351 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
352
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000353 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000354 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000356
357 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
358 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
359 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000360
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000362 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000363 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000364
365 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
367 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000368
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
370 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
371 // strings.
372 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000373 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000375
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000376 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000378 Literal.GetStringLength(),
379 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
380 &StringTokLocs[0],
381 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000382}
383
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000384/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
385/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
386/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
387/// for values inside the block or for globals).
388///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
390/// up-to-date.
391///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000392static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
393 ValueDecl *VD) {
394 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
395 // we wanted to.
396 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
397 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000398
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000399 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
400 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
401 return false;
402
403 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
404 // snapshot it.
405 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
406 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000407 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
408 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000410 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
411 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
412
413 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
414 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
415 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
416 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
417 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
418 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
419 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
420 // having a reference outside it.
421 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
422 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000424 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
425 // a snapshot as well.
426 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
427 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000429 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430}
431
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000432
433
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000434/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000435/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000436/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000437/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000438/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000439Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
440 IdentifierInfo &II,
441 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000442 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
443 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
444 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000445 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000446}
447
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
449/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
450/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
453 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
454 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000455 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
456 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000458 << D->getDeclName();
459 return ExprError();
460 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
463 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
464 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
465 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000466 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000467 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000469 << D->getIdentifier();
470 return ExprError();
471 }
472 }
473 }
474 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000476 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000478 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000479 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000481 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000482 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000483 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000484 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000486 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000487}
488
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
490/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
491/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
493 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000494 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000497 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
498 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
499 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000501 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000502 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 D != DEnd; ++D) {
504 if (*D == Record) {
505 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
506 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
507 ++D;
508 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000509 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000510 return *D;
511 }
512 }
513
514 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
515 return 0;
516}
517
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000518/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
519/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
520/// actual member.
521///
522/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
523/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
524/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
525/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
526/// we found.
527///
528/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
529/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
530/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
531VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
532 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
534 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
535 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
536
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000538 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
539 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
540 do {
541 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000542 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000544 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 else {
546 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
547 break;
548 }
549 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000550 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552
553 return BaseObject;
554}
555
556Sema::OwningExprResult
557Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
558 FieldDecl *Field,
559 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
560 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
561 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000563 AnonFields);
564
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
566 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
567 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
568 // found via name lookup.
569 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000570 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 if (BaseObject) {
572 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
573 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000574 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000575 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000576 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000577 SourceLocation());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
581 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
582 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
583 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
584 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000585 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
587 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
588 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 BaseQuals
590 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 } else {
592 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
593 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
594 // program our base object expression is "this".
595 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
596 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000597 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000598 = Context.getTagDeclType(
599 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
600 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
603 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
604 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000605 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000606 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
608 }
609 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
611 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000616 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
618 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619 }
620
621 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
622 // anonymous struct/union.
623 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000624 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
626 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
627 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
628 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000629 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
630 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
631
632 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
633 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
634 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
635 ResultQuals.removeConst();
636
637 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
638 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
639
640 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
641 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
642
643 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
644 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
645 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
646
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000648 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000649 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
650 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000651 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000652 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000653 }
654
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000655 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000656}
657
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000658/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
659/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
660/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
661/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
662/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
663/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
664/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
665/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
666/// forms.
667///
668/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
669/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
670/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
671/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000672///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000673/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
674/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
675/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
676/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000677Sema::OwningExprResult
678Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
679 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000681 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000682 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000683 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
684 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000685
686 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
687 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
688 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
689 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000690 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000691 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000692 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000694 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
695 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000696 }
697
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000698 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
699 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000700
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000701 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
702 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
703 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
704 : SourceRange());
705 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000706 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000707
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000708 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000709
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000710 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
711 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000712 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
713 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000714 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
715 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000716 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
717 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000719 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000722 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000723 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000724 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
725 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000726
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000727 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
728 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
729 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
730 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000732 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
733 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
734 // an error.
735 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
736 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
737 << IV->getDeclName());
738 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
739 // same name exists, use the global.
740 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000741 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
742 ClassDeclared != IFace)
743 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000744 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
745 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000746 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000747 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
748 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000750 return Owned(new (Context)
751 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000752 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000754 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000755 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000756 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000759 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
761 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000763 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000764 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000765 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000766 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 QualType T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000768
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000770 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
771 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000772 else
773 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000775 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000776 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000777
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
779 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000780 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000781 HasTrailingLParen;
782
783 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000784 // We've seen something of the form
785 //
786 // identifier(
787 //
788 // and we did not find any entity by the name
789 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
790 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
791 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
792 Context.OverloadTy,
793 Loc));
794 }
795
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000796 if (D == 0) {
797 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
798 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000800 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000801 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000802 else {
803 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
804 // diagnose the problem.
Anders Carlssonf4d84b62009-08-30 00:54:35 +0000805 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000806 DiagnoseMissingMember(Loc, Name,
Anders Carlssonf4d84b62009-08-30 00:54:35 +0000807 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
808 SS->getRange());
809 return ExprError();
810 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000811 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000812 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
813 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000814 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000815 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000816 }
817 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000818
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
820 // Warn about constructs like:
821 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
822 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000823
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000824 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
825 // information to check this property.
826 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
827 Scope *CheckS = S;
828 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000829 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000830 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
831 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
832 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
833 << Var->getDeclName());
834 else
835 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
836 << Var->getDeclName());
837 break;
838 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000839
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
841 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
842 if (CheckS)
843 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
844 }
845 }
846 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
847 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
848 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
849 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
850 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
851 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
852 // type.
853 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
854 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000855
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000856 QualType T = Func->getType();
857 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000858 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000859 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
860 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
861 }
862 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000863
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000864 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
865}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000866/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000867bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000868Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
869 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000870 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000871 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000872 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000874 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
875 return false;
876 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
877 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000878 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000879 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
880 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000881 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000882 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
883 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
884 DestRecordType,
885 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
886 From->getSourceRange()))
887 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000888 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
889 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000890 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000891 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000892}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000893
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000894/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
896 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000897 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
898 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000899 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregor83f6faf2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000900 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000901 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000902 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
903 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
904 Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000906 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
907}
908
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000909/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
910Sema::OwningExprResult
911Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
912 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000913 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000914 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
915 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
916 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000917
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000918 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
919 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
920 // not any specific instance's member.
921 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000922 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000923 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000924 QualType DType;
925 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
926 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
927 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
928 DType = Method->getType();
929 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
930 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
931 }
932 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
933 if (!DType.isNull()) {
934 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
935 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000936 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000937 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000938 }
939 }
940 }
941
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000942 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
943 // (C++ [class.union]).
944 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
945 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
946 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000947
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000948 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
949 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000950 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000951 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
952 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
953 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
954 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
955 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
956 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
957 QualType MemberType;
958 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
959 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
960 MemberType = FD->getType();
961
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000962 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000963 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000964 else if (!FD->isMutable())
965 MemberType
966 = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType,
967 Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000968 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
969 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
970 Ctx = Method->getParent();
971 MemberType = Method->getType();
972 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000973 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000974 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000975 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000976 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000978 Ctx = Method->getParent();
979 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
980 }
981 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000983 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000984 // FIXME: We need an abstraction for iterating over one or more function
985 // templates or functions. This code is far too repetitive!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000986 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000987 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
988 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
989 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000990 CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000991 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000992 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func))
993 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
994 else
995 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func);
996
997 if (DMethod && !DMethod->isStatic()) {
998 Ctx = DMethod->getDeclContext();
999 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1000 break;
1001 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001002 }
1003 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001004
1005 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001006 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1007 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001008 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001009 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1010 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1011 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001012 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001013 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001014 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001015 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1016 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001017
Anders Carlssoned90c4e2009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001018 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1019 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1020 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1021 // explicitly qualified.
1022 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
1023 ShouldCheckUse = false;
1024 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001025
Anders Carlssoned90c4e2009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001026 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
Anders Carlsson0f44b5a2009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001027 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001028 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
1029 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 }
1034
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001035 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001036 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1037 if (MD->isStatic())
1038 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1040 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 }
1042
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1044 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1045 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001046 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1047 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001048 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001049
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001050 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001052 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001054 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001056
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001057 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001058 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001059 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1060 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001061 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001062 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1063 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001064 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1066 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson598da5b2009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001067 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1068
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001069 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1072 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1073 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1074 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001075 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001076 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001077 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1078 return ExprError();
1079
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001080 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1081 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001082 return ExprError();
1083
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001084 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1085 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1086 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1087 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001088 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001089 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1090 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1091 //
1092 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001093 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001094 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001095 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001096 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001097 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001098 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1099 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001100 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001101
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001102 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001103 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001104 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001105 }
1106 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1107 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001108
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001109 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001110 bool ValueDependent = false;
1111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1112 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001113 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001114 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1115 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1116 TypeDependent = true;
1117 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1118 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1119 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1120 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1121 TypeDependent = true;
1122 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1123 // names a dependent type.
1124 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001125 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001126 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1127 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001128 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001129 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1130 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1131 TypeDependent = true;
1132 break;
1133 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001134 }
1135 }
1136 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001137
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001138 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1139 //
1140 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1141 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1142 if (TypeDependent)
1143 ValueDependent = true;
1144 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1145 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1146 ValueDependent = true;
1147 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1148 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001149 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001150 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001151 Dcl->getInit()) {
1152 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1153 }
1154 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001155 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001156
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001157 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1158 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001159}
1160
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1162 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001163 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001165 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001166 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001167 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1168 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1169 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001170 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001171
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001172 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1173 // string.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001174
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001175 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1176 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001177 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson3a082d82009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001178 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001179 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001180
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001181 QualType ResTy;
1182 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1183 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1184 } else {
1185 unsigned Length =
1186 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001188 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001189 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson773f3972009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001190 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1191 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001192 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001193}
1194
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001196 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1197 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1198 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1199 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001200
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001201 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1202 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1203 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001204 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001205
1206 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1207
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001208 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1209 Literal.isWide(),
1210 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001211}
1212
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1214 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001215 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1216 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001217 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001218 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001219 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001220 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001221 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001222
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001223 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001224 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1225 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001226 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001227
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001228 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1229 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001230
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001231 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001232 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1233 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001234 return ExprError();
1235
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001236 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001238 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001239 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001240 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001241 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001242 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001243 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001244 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001245 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001246
1247 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1248
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001249 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1250 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001251 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1252 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001254 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001256 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001258
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001259 // long long is a C99 feature.
1260 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001261 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001262 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1263
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001264 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001265 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001267 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1268 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1269 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001270 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1271 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001272 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273 } else {
1274 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1275 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001277 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1278 // be an unsigned int.
1279 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1280
1281 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001282 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001283 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1284 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001285 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001287 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1288 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1289 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1290 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001291 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001292 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001293 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001294 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001295 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001296 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001298 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001300 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001302 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1303 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1304 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1305 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001306 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001307 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001308 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001309 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001310 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311 }
1312
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001313 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001314 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001315 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001316
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001317 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1318 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1319 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1320 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001321 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001322 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001323 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001324 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001325 }
1326 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001327
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001328 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1329 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001331 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001332 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001333 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001334 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001336 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1337 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001338 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001339 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001340 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001341
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001342 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1343 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001344 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001345 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001346
1347 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001348}
1349
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001350Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1351 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001352 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001353 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001354 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001355}
1356
1357/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1358/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001359bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001360 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1361 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1362 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001363 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1364 return false;
1365
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001366 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001367 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001368 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001369 if (isSizeof)
1370 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1371 return false;
1372 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001373
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001374 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001375 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001376 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1377 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001378 return false;
1379 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001381 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001382 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001383 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1384 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001385 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001386
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001387 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001388 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001389 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001390 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1391 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001392 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001394 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001395}
1396
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001397bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1398 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1399 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001400
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001401 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001402 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1403 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001404
1405 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1406 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1407 return false;
1408
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001409 if (E->getBitField()) {
1410 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1411 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001412 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001413
1414 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1415 // bit-field.
1416 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001417 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001418 return false;
1419
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001420 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1421}
1422
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001423/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424Action::OwningExprResult
1425Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001426 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1427 if (T.isNull())
1428 return ExprError();
1429
1430 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1431 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1432 return ExprError();
1433
1434 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1435 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1436 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1437 R.getEnd()));
1438}
1439
1440/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1441/// operand.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001442Action::OwningExprResult
1443Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001444 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1445 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1446 bool isInvalid = false;
1447 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1448 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1449 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1450 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001451 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001452 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1453 isInvalid = true;
1454 } else {
1455 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1456 }
1457
1458 if (isInvalid)
1459 return ExprError();
1460
1461 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1462 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1463 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1464 R.getEnd()));
1465}
1466
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001467/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1468/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1469/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001470Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001471Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1472 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001473 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001474 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001475
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001476 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001477 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1478 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001479 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001480 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001481
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001482 // Get the end location.
1483 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1484 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1485 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1486
1487 if (Result.isInvalid())
1488 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1489
1490 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001491}
1492
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001493QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001494 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1495 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001496
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001497 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001498 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001499 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001500
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001501 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1502 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1503 return V->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001504
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001505 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001506 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1507 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001508 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001509}
1510
1511
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001512
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513Action::OwningExprResult
1514Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1515 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001516 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1517 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001519
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001520 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1521 switch (Kind) {
1522 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1523 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1524 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1525 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001527 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1528 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1529 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001530 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001531 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1532
1533 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1534 //
1535 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1536 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1537 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1538 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1539 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1540 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1541 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001542 Expr *Args[2] = {
1543 Arg,
1544 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001545 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001546 };
1547
1548 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1549 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001550 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001551
1552 // Perform overload resolution.
1553 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001554 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001555 case OR_Success: {
1556 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1557 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1558
1559 if (FnDecl) {
1560 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1561 // operator.
1562
1563 // Convert the arguments.
1564 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1565 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001566 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001567 } else {
1568 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001569 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001570 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1571 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001572 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001573 }
1574
1575 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576 QualType ResultTy
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001577 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001578 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001581 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001582 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001583 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1584
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001585 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001586 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001587 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588 Args, 2, ResultTy,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001589 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001590 } else {
1591 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1592 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1593 // operator node.
1594 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1595 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001596 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001597
1598 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001599 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001600 }
1601
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001602 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1603 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1604 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1605 // candidates.
1606 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1607 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1608 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1609 if (Result.isInvalid())
1610 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1611
1612 return move(Result);
1613 }
1614
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001615 case OR_Ambiguous:
1616 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1617 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1618 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1619 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001621
1622 case OR_Deleted:
1623 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1624 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1625 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1626 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1627 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1628 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001629 }
1630
1631 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1632 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1633 // build a built-in operation.
1634 }
1635
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001636 Input.release();
1637 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001638 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001639}
1640
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001641Action::OwningExprResult
1642Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1643 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001644 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1645 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1646
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1648 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001649
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001651 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1652 Base.release();
1653 Idx.release();
1654 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1655 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1656 }
1657
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001659 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001660 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1661 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1662 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001664 // to the candidate set.
1665 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1666 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001667 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1668 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001669
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001670 // Perform overload resolution.
1671 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001672 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001673 case OR_Success: {
1674 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1675 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1676
1677 if (FnDecl) {
1678 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1679 // operator.
1680
1681 // Convert the arguments.
1682 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1683 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001684 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001685 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1686 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001687 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001688 } else {
1689 // Convert the arguments.
1690 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1691 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1692 "passing") ||
1693 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1694 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1695 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001696 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001697 }
1698
1699 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001700 QualType ResultTy
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001701 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001702 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001703
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001704 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001705 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1706 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001707 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1708
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001709 Base.release();
1710 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001711 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1712 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001713 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001714 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001715 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001716 } else {
1717 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1718 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1719 // operator node.
1720 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1721 "passing") ||
1722 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1723 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001724 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001725
1726 break;
1727 }
1728 }
1729
1730 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1731 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1732 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1733 break;
1734
1735 case OR_Ambiguous:
1736 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1737 << "[]"
1738 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1739 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001740 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001741
1742 case OR_Deleted:
1743 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1744 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1745 << "[]"
1746 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1747 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1748 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001749 }
1750
1751 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1752 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1753 // build a built-in operation.
1754 }
1755
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001756 // Perform default conversions.
1757 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1758 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001759
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001760 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001761
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001762 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001763 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001764 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001765 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001766 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1767 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001768 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1769 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1770 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1771 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001772 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001773 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1774 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001775 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001776 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001777 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001778 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1779 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001780 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001781 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001782 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001783 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1784 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1785 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001786 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001787 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001788 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1789 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1790 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1791 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001792 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001793 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001794 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001795
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001796 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1797 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001798 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1799 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1800 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1801 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1802 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1803 // force the promotion here.
1804 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1805 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1806 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1807 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1808
1809 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1810 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001811 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001812 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1813 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1814 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1815 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1816 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1817 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1818
1819 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1820 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001821 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001822 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001823 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1824 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001825 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001826 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001827 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1828 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001829 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1830 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001831
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001832 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinig0f9a5b52009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001833 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1834 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig76e2b712009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001835 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1836
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001837 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001838 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1839 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001840 // incomplete types are not object types.
1841 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1842 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1843 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1844 return ExprError();
1845 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001846
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001847 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001849 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1850 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001851 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001852
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001853 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1854 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1855 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1856 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1857 return ExprError();
1858 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001860 Base.release();
1861 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001862 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001863 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001864}
1865
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001866QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001867CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001869 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001870 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001871
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001872 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001873 const char *compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001874
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001875 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001876 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1877 // to be selected.
1878 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001879
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001880 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1881 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001882 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001883
1884 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1885 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001886 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001887 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1888 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001889 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001890 do
1891 compStr++;
1892 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001893 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001894 do
1895 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001896 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001897 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001898
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001899 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001900 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1901 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001902 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1903 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001904 return QualType();
1905 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001906
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001907 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1908 // operates on.
1909 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001910 compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001911
1912 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001913 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001914
1915 while (*compStr) {
1916 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1917 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1918 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1919 return QualType();
1920 }
1921 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001922 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001923
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001924 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1925 // number of elements.
1926 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001927 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001928 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001929 return QualType();
1930 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001931
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001933 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001934 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001935 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001936 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001937 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001938 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001939 if (HexSwizzle)
1940 CompSize--;
1941
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001942 if (CompSize == 1)
1943 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001944
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001945 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001946 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001947 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1948 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1949 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1950 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001951 }
1952 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001953}
1954
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001955static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001956 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001957 const Selector &Sel,
1958 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001960 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001961 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001962 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001963 return OMD;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001965 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1966 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001968 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001969 return D;
1970 }
1971 return 0;
1972}
1973
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001974static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001975 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001976 const Selector &Sel,
1977 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001978 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1979 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001980 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001981 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001982 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001983 GDecl = PD;
1984 break;
1985 }
1986 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001987 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001988 GDecl = OMD;
1989 break;
1990 }
1991 }
1992 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001993 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001994 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1995 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001996 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001997 if (GDecl)
1998 return GDecl;
1999 }
2000 }
2001 return GDecl;
2002}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002003
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002004Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002005Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002006 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002007 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002008 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2009 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
2010 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2011 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2012 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002013 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2014 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002015 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2016 return ExprError();
2017
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002018 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2019 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2020
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002021 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002022 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002024 // Perform default conversions.
2025 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002026
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002027 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002028 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2029 // use that.
2030 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2031 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2032 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2033 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2034 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
2035 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2036 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002037 }
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002038 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002039
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002040 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2041 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
2042 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2043 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2044 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2045 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2046 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2047 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2048 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2049 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2050 // Check the use of this method.
2051 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2052 return ExprError();
2053 }
2054 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2055 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2056 Selector SetterSel =
2057 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2058 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2059 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2060 if (!Setter) {
2061 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2062 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002063 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002064 }
2065 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2066 if (!Setter)
2067 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2068
2069 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2070 return ExprError();
2071
2072 if (Getter || Setter) {
2073 QualType PType;
2074
2075 if (Getter)
2076 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2077 else
2078 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2079 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2080 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2081 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2082 PType,
2083 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2084 }
2085 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2086 << MemberName << BaseType);
2087 }
2088 }
2089
2090 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2091 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2092 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
2093 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2094 }
2095
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002096 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2097 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002098 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002099 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2100 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2101 if (SS) {
2102 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2103 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2104 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2105 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002106
2107 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002108 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002109 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002110 FirstQualifierInScope,
2111 MemberName,
2112 MemberLoc,
2113 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2114 LAngleLoc,
2115 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2116 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2117 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002118 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002119 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002120 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002121 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2122 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002123 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002124 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2125 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2126 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb2ef1be2009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002127 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002128 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002129 // (so we'll report an error for)
2130 // T* t;
2131 // t.f;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002132 //
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002133 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2134 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2135 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002136 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002137
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002139 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2140 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2141 if (SS) {
2142 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2143 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2144 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2145 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002147 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148 BaseExpr, false,
2149 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002150 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002151 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002152 FirstQualifierInScope,
2153 MemberName,
2154 MemberLoc,
2155 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2156 LAngleLoc,
2157 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2158 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2159 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002160 }
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002161 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002162
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002163 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2164 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002165 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002166 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002167 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002168 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2169 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002170 return ExprError();
2171
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002172 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2173 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2174 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2175 // nested-name-specifier.
2176 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002177
2178 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002179 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2180 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2181 }
2182
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002183 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002184 LookupResult Result
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002185 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002186
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002187 if (!Result)
Anders Carlssonf4d84b62009-08-30 00:54:35 +00002188 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member_deprecated)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002189 << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002190 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002191 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2192 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002193 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002194 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002195
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002196 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002197 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002198 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002199 QualType MemberTypeCanon
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002200 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2201 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2202 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002203
Douglas Gregora38c6872009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002204 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2205 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2206 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2207 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2208 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2209 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002211 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002212
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002213 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2214 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2215 // error cases.
2216 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2217 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002218
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002219 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2220 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2221 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2222 // explicitly qualified.
2223 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2224 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2225 }
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002226
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002227 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson0f728562009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002228 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002229 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002230
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002231 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002232 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2233 // (C++ [class.union]).
2234 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002235 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002236 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002237
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002238 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002239 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002240 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002241 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2242 else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002243 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2244 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2245 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2246
2247 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2248 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2249
2250 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2251 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2252 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002253 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002254
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002255 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002256 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2257 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002258 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002259 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002260 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002261
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002262 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2263 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002264 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2265 Var, MemberLoc,
2266 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002267 }
2268 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2269 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002270 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2271 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2272 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002273 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002274 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002275 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2276 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002277
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002278 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2280 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002281 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002282 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2283 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2284 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002285 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002287 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2288 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2289 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002290 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002291 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002292 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2293 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002294 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2295 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002296 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2298 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2299 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002300 Context.OverloadTy));
2301
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002302 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2303 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002304 }
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002305 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2306 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorbd4c4ae2009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002307 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2308 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002309 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002310 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002311 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002312 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002313
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002314 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2315 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2316 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002317 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2318 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002319 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002320 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002321
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002322 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2323 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2324 // pseudo-destructor.
2325 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2326 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002327 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2328 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002329 // type.
2330 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2331 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2332 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002333
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002334 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2335 // same as the object type.
2336 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2337 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2338 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2339 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2340 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002341
2342 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002343 // the form
2344 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002345 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2346 //
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002347 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2348 //
2349 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2350 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002351
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002352 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2353 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2354 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002355 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002356 OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002357 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002358 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2359 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2360 MemberLoc));
2361 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002362
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002363 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2364 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002365 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2366 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002367 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002368 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002369 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002370 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002371 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2372
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002373 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2374 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002375 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002376
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002377 if (IV) {
2378 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2379 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2380 // error cases.
2381 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2382 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002383
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002384 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2385 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2386 return ExprError();
2387 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2388 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2389 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2390 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2391 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2392 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2393 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2394 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2395 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2396 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2397 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2398 // AST for a function decl.
2399 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002400 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002401 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2402 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2403 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2404 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2405 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2406 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002407
2408 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2409 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002410 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002411 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002412 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002413 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2414 // @protected
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002416 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002417 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002418
2419 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2420 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2421 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002422 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002423 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002424 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002425 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002426 }
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002427 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002428 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002430 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002431 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002432 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002433
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002434 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002435 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002436 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2437 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2438 // Check the use of this declaration
2439 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2440 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002441
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002442 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2443 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2444 }
2445 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2446 // Check the use of this method.
2447 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2448 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002449
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002450 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002451 OMD->getResultType(),
2452 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002453 NULL, 0));
2454 }
2455 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002456
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002457 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002458 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002459 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002460 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2461 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002462 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002463 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002464 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2465 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2466 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002467 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002468
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002469 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002470 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002471 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2472 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2473 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002474 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002475 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002476 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002477 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2478 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002479 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002480 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2481 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002482 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002483 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2484 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002485 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002486 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2487 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2488 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002489
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002490 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002491 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2492 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002493 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2494 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002495 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002496 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2497 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2498 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002499
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002500 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2501 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2502 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002503 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2504 // selector is implemented.
2505
2506 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2507 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2508
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002509 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002510 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002511
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002512 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2513 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002514 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002515
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002516 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002517 if (!Getter)
2518 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002519 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002520 // Check if we can reference this property.
2521 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2522 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002523 }
2524 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2525 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002526 Selector SetterSel =
2527 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002528 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002529 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002530 if (!Setter) {
2531 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2532 // methods.
Steve Naroffd789d3d2009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002533 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002534 }
2535 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002536 if (!Setter)
2537 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002538
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002539 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2540 return ExprError();
2541
2542 if (Getter || Setter) {
2543 QualType PType;
2544
2545 if (Getter)
2546 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian154440e2009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002547 else
2548 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2549 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002550 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian09105f52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002551 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002552 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2553 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002554 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002555 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002556 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002557
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002558 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002559 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002560 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002561 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002562 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2563 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2564
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002565 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002566 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002567 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002568 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2569 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002570 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002571 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002572 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002573 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002574
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002575 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2576 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2577
2578 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2579 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2580 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002581 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002582 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002583 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002584 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002585 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2586 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2587 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2588 }
2589
2590 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002591}
2592
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002593Action::OwningExprResult
2594Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2595 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2596 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2597 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002598 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlsson8f28f992009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002599 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2600}
2601
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002602Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2603 FunctionDecl *FD,
2604 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2605 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2606 Diag (CallLoc,
2607 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2608 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002609 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002610 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2611 } else {
2612 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2613 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2614
2615 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002616 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson25cae7f2009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002617
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2619 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregord6350ae2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002620 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002621
John McCallce3ff2b2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002622 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002623 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002624 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002625
2626 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002627 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2628 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2629 return ExprError();
2630 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002631
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002632 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002633
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002634 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2635 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2636 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002638 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002639 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002640 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2641 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2642 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2643 }
2644 }
2645
2646 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2647 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2648}
2649
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002650/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2651/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2652/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2653/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2654/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2655/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002656bool
2657Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002658 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002659 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002660 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2661 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002662 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002663 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2664 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2665 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002666 bool Invalid = false;
2667
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002668 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2669 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2670 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2671 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2672 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2673 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2674 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2675 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002676 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002677 }
2678
2679 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2680 // them.
2681 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2682 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2683 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2684 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2685 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2686 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2687 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2688 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002689 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002690 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002691 }
2692 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2693 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002694
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002695 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2696 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2697 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002698
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002699 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002700 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002701 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002702
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002703 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2704 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002705 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2706 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002707 return true;
2708
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002709 // Pass the argument.
2710 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2711 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002712 } else {
Anders Carlssoned961f92009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002713 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002714
2715 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002716 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2717 FDecl, Param);
2718 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2719 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720
Anders Carlsson56c5e332009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002721 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002722 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002724 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2725 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002726
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002727 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2728 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002729 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2730 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2731 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2732 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2733 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2734
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002735 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2736 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2737 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002738 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002739 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2740 }
2741 }
2742
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002743 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002744}
2745
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002746/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2747/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2748/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2749/// template arguments, etc.
2750void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2751 NamedDecl *&Function,
2752 DeclarationName &Name,
2753 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2754 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2755 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2756 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
2757 const TemplateArgument *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2758 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2759 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2760 Function = 0;
2761 Name = DeclarationName();
2762 Qualifier = 0;
2763 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2764 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2765 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2766
2767 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2768 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2769 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2770 while (true) {
2771 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2772 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2773 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2774 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2775 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2776 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2777 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2778 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2779 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2780 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2781 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
2782 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
2783 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2784 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2785 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2786 Qualifier = QDRExpr->getQualifier();
2787 QualifierRange = QDRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2788 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(QDRExpr->getDecl());
2789 break;
2790 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2791 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2792 break;
2793 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2794 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2795 Name = DepName->getName();
2796 break;
2797 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2798 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2799 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2800 if (!Function)
2801 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2802 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2803 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2804 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2805
2806 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2807 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2808 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2809 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2810 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2811 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2812 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2813 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2814 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2815 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2816 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2817 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2818 //
2819 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2820 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2821 // is still possible.
2822 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2823 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2824 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2825 }
2826 break;
2827 } else {
2828 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2829 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2830 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2831 break;
2832 }
2833 }
2834}
2835
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002836/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002837/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2838/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002839Action::OwningExprResult
2840Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2841 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002842 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002843 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002844
2845 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2846 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002847
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002848 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002849 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002850 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002851 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002852 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002853 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002855 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002856 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2857 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2858 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2859 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2860 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2861 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2862 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2863 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002864
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002865 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2866 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002867
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002868 NumArgs = 0;
2869 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002870
Douglas Gregora71d8192009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002871 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2872 RParenLoc));
2873 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002874
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002875 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002876 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002877 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2878 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002879 bool Dependent = false;
2880 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2881 Dependent = true;
2882 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2883 Dependent = true;
2884
2885 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002886 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002887 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2888
2889 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2890 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2891 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2892 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2893
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002894 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002895 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2896 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2897 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2898 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2899 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2900 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2901 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002902 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2903 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002904 }
Anders Carlsson83ccfc32009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002905
2906 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2907 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2908 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2909 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
2910 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType());
2911 QualType ReturnTy = FPT->getResultType();
2912
2913 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
2914 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args, NumArgs,
2915 ReturnTy.getNonReferenceType(),
2916 RParenLoc);
2917
2918 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr> TheCall(this, CE);
2919
2920 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2921 RParenLoc))
2922 return ExprError();
2923
2924 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2925 }
2926 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002927 }
2928
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002929 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002930 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002931 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002932 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002933 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2934 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2935 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002936 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2937 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2938 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2939 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2940 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002941
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002942 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002943 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002944 if (NDecl) {
2945 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2946 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002947 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2948 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002949 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2950 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002951 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002952
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002953 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002954 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002955 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002956 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002957 ADL = false;
2958
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002959 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2960 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2961 ADL = false;
2962
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002963 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002964 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002965 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2966 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2967 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002968 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002969 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002970 if (!FDecl)
2971 return ExprError();
2972
2973 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2974 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002975 if (Qualifier)
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002976 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002977 Fn->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002978 false, false,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002979 QualifierRange,
2980 Qualifier);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002981 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002982 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002983 Fn->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002984 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2985 Fn = NewFn;
2986 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002987 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002988
2989 // Promote the function operand.
2990 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2991
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002992 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2993 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002994 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2995 Args, NumArgs,
2996 Context.BoolTy,
2997 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002998
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002999 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3000 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3001 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3002 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003003 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003004 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003005 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3006 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003007 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003008 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003009 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003010 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003011 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003012 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003013 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3014 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3015
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003016 // Check for a valid return type
3017 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
3018 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3019 FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003020 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
3021 << TheCall->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003022 return ExprError();
3023
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003024 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003025 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003026
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003027 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003028 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003029 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003030 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003031 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003032 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003033
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003034 if (FDecl) {
3035 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3036 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3037 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003038 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003039 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003040 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003041 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3042 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3043 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3044 }
3045 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003046 }
3047
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003048 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003049 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3050 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3051 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003052 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3053 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003054 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3055 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003056 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003057 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003058 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003059 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003060
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003061 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3062 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003063 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3064 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003065
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003066 // Check for sentinels
3067 if (NDecl)
3068 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003069
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003070 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003071 if (FDecl) {
3072 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3073 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003074
Douglas Gregor7814e6d2009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003075 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003076 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3077 } else if (NDecl) {
3078 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3079 return ExprError();
3080 }
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003081
Anders Carlssonec74c592009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003082 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003083}
3084
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003085Action::OwningExprResult
3086Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3087 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003088 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003089 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3090 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003091 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003092 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003093 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003094
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003095 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003096 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003097 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3098 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003099 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3100 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003101 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003102 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003103 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003104 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003105
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003106 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003107 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003108 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003109
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003110 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003111 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003112 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003113 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003114 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003115 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003116 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003117 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003118}
3119
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003120Action::OwningExprResult
3121Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003122 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3123 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3124 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003125
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003126 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003127 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003128
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003129 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003130 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003131 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003132 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003133}
3134
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003135/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003136bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003137 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003138 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3139 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003140 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahaniane9f42082009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003141 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3142 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003143
Eli Friedman199ea952009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003144 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003145
3146 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3147 // type needs to be scalar.
3148 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3149 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
3150 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003151 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3152 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3153 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3154 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003155 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003156 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3157 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003158 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003159 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
3160 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003161 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003162 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003163 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003164 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3165 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3166 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3167 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3168 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3169 break;
3170 }
3171 }
3172 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3173 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3174 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003175 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003176 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003177 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003178 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003179 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003180 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003181 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003182 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003183 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3184 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003185 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003186 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3187 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003188 return true;
3189 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3190 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3191 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003192 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3193 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3194 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003195 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003196 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003197 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3198 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3199 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3200 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3201 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3202 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3203 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3204 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3205 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3206 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3207 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003208 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003209 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3210 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003211 return false;
3212}
3213
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003214bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003215 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003216
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003217 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003218 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003219 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003220 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003221 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003222 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003223 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003224 } else
3225 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003226 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003227 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003228
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003229 return false;
3230}
3231
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003232bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3233 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003234
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003235 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3236 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003237 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3238 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3239 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3240 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3241 return false;
3242 }
3243
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003244 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003245 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3246 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003247 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3248 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3249 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3250 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003251 return false;
3252}
3253
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003254Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003255Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003256 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003257 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003258
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003259 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3260 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003261
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003262 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003263 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3264 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003265
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003266 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3267 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3268 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003269 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003271 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003272 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003273
3274 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003275 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003276 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003277
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003278 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3279 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar7e88a602009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003280
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003281 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3282 } else {
3283 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian31976592009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003284 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003286 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003287 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003288 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003289}
3290
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003291/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3292/// of comma binary operators.
3293Action::OwningExprResult
3294Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3295 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3296 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3297 if (!E)
3298 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003300 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003301
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003302 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3303 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3304 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003305
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003306 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3307}
3308
3309Action::OwningExprResult
3310Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3311 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3312 QualType Ty) {
3313 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003314
3315 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003316 // then handle it as such.
3317 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3318 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3319 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3320 return ExprError();
3321 }
3322
3323 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3324 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3325 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3326
3327 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3328 // braces instead of the original commas.
3329 Op.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003330 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003331 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3332 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003333 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003334 Owned(E));
3335 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003336 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003337 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3338 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3339 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3340 }
3341}
3342
3343Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3344 SourceLocation R,
3345 MultiExprArg Val) {
3346 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3347 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3348 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3349 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3350 return Owned(expr);
3351}
3352
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003353/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3354/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003355/// C99 6.5.15
3356QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3357 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003358 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3359 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3360 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3361
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003362 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3363 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3364 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3365 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3366 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3367 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003368
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003369 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003370 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3371 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3372 << CondTy;
3373 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003374 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003375
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003376 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman2ef13e52009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003377 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3378 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003379
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003380 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3381 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003382 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3383 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3384 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003385 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003386
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003387 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3388 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003389 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3390 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003391 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003393 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003394 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003395 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003396 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003397
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003398 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003399 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003400 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3401 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3402 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3403 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3404 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3405 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3406 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3407 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3408 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003409 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003410 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003411 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3412 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003413 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003414 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003415 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3416 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003417 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003418 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003419 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003420 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3421 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003422 }
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003423 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3424 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3425 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3426 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3427 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3428 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3429 return LHSTy;
3430 }
3431 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3432 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3433 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3434 return RHSTy;
3435 }
3436 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3437 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3438 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3439 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3440 return LHSTy;
3441 }
3442 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3443 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3444 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3445 return RHSTy;
3446 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003447 // Handle block pointer types.
3448 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3449 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3450 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3451 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003452 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003453 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3454 return destType;
3455 }
3456 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3457 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3458 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003459 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003460 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3461 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3462 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003463 return LHSTy;
3464 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003465 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003466 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3467 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003468
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003469 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3470 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003471 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3472 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3473 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3474 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3475 // to get a consistent AST.
3476 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3477 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3478 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3479 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003480 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003481 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3482 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3483 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003484 return LHSTy;
3485 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003486 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003487 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003488
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003489 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3490 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3491 return LHSTy;
3492 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3494 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003495 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003496
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003497 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3498 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3499 // type. This allows
3500 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3501 // where B is a subclass of A.
3502 //
3503 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3504 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3505 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3506 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3507
3508 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3509 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003510 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003511 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003512 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahanian9ec22a32009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003513 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003515 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003516 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003517 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003518 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3519 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3520 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3521 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3522 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003523 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3524 } else {
3525 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3526 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3527 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3528 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3529 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3530 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3531 return incompatTy;
3532 }
3533 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3534 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3535 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3536 return compositeType;
3537 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003538 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3539 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003540 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003541 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003542 QualType destPointee
3543 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003544 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3545 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3546 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3547 return destType;
3548 }
3549 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003550 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003551 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003552 QualType destPointee
3553 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003554 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3555 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3556 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3557 return destType;
3558 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003559 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3560 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3561 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003562 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3563 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003564
3565 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3566 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3567 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003568 QualType destPointee
3569 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003570 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3571 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3572 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3573 return destType;
3574 }
3575 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003576 QualType destPointee
3577 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003578 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3579 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3580 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3581 return destType;
3582 }
3583
3584 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3585 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3586 return LHSTy;
3587 }
3588 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3589 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3590 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3591 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3592 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3593 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3594 // to get a consistent AST.
3595 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3596 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3597 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3598 return incompatTy;
3599 }
3600 // The pointer types are compatible.
3601 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3602 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3603 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3604 // type.
3605 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3606 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3607 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3608 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3609 return LHSTy;
3610 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003611
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003612 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3613 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3614 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3615 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3616 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3617 return RHSTy;
3618 }
3619 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3620 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3621 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3622 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3623 return LHSTy;
3624 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003625
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003626 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003627 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3628 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003629 return QualType();
3630}
3631
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003632/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003633/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003634Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3635 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3636 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3637 ExprArg RHS) {
3638 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3639 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003640
3641 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3642 // was the condition.
3643 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3644 if (isLHSNull)
3645 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003646
3647 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003648 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003649 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003650 return ExprError();
3651
3652 Cond.release();
3653 LHS.release();
3654 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003655 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003656 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor47e1f7c2009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003657 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003658}
3659
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003660// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003661// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003662// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3663// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3664// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003665Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003666Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3667 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003668
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003669 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3670 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3671 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3672 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3673 return Compatible;
3674 }
3675
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003676 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003677 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3678 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003679
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003680 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003681 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3682 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003683
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003684 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003685
3686 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3687 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3688 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003689 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003690 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003691 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003692
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003693 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3694 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003695 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003696 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003697 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003698 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003699
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003700 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003701 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3702 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003703 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003704
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003705 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003706 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003707 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003708
3709 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003710 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3711 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003712 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003714 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003715 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3716 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3717 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3718 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3719 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3720 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3721 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3722 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3723 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3724 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3725 }
3726 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3727 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3728 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3729 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3730 }
3731 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3732 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3733 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3734 // warning can be disabled.
3735 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3736 return ConvTy;
3737 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3738 }
3739 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003740 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003741 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003742 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003743}
3744
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003745/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3746/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3747/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3748// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003749Sema::AssignConvertType
3750Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003751 QualType rhsType) {
3752 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003753
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003754 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003755 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3756 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003757
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003758 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3759 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3760 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003762 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003763
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003764 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3765 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3766 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003767
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003768 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003769 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003770 return ConvTy;
3771}
3772
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003773/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3774/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003775/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3776///
3777/// int a, *pint;
3778/// short *pshort;
3779/// struct foo *pfoo;
3780///
3781/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3782/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3783/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3784/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3785///
3786/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003788///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003789Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003790Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003791 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3792 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003793 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3794 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003795
3796 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003797 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003798
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003799 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3800 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3801 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3802 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3803 return Compatible;
3804 }
3805
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003806 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3807 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3808 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3809 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3810 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3811 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3812 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003813 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003814 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003815 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003816 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003817 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003818 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3819 // to the same ExtVector type.
3820 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3821 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3822 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3823 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3824 return Compatible;
3825 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003826
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003827 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003828 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003829 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003830 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003831 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3832 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003833 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003834 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003835 }
3836 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003837 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003838
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003839 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003840 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003841
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003842 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003843 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003844 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003845
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003846 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003847 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003848
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003849 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003850 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003851 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3852 return Compatible;
3853 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003854 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003855 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3856 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003857 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003858
3859 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003860 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003861 return Compatible;
3862 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003863 return Incompatible;
3864 }
3865
3866 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3867 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003868 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003869
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003870 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003871 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003872 return Compatible;
3873
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003874 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3875 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003876
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003877 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003878 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003879 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003880 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003881 return Incompatible;
3882 }
3883
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003884 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3885 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3886 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003887
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003888 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003889 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003890 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3891 return Compatible;
3892 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003893 }
3894 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003895 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3896 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003897 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3898 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003899 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3900 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003901 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003902 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003903 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003904 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3905 return Compatible;
3906 }
3907 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3908 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3909 return Compatible;
3910 return Incompatible;
3911 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003912 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003913 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003914 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3915 return Compatible;
3916
3917 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003918 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003919
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003920 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003921 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003922
3923 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003924 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003925 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003926 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003927 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003928 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3929 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3930 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3931 return Compatible;
3932
3933 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3934 return PointerToInt;
3935
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003936 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003937 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003938 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3939 return Compatible;
3940 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003941 }
3942 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003943 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003944 return Compatible;
3945 return Incompatible;
3946 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003947
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003948 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003949 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003950 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003951 }
3952 return Incompatible;
3953}
3954
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003955/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3956/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003957static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003958 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3959 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3960 // of the transparent union.
3961 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3962 &E, 1,
3963 SourceLocation());
3964 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3965 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3966
3967 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3968 // union type from this initializer list.
3969 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3970 false);
3971}
3972
3973Sema::AssignConvertType
3974Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3975 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3976
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003978 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3979 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003980 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003981 return Incompatible;
3982
3983 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3984 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3985 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3986 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003987 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3988 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003989 it != itend; ++it) {
3990 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3991 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3992 // 1) void pointer
3993 // 2) null pointer constant
3994 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003995 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003996 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3997 InitField = *it;
3998 break;
3999 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004000
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004001 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4002 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004003 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
4004 InitField = *it;
4005 break;
4006 }
4007 }
4008
4009 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4010 == Compatible) {
4011 InitField = *it;
4012 break;
4013 }
4014 }
4015
4016 if (!InitField)
4017 return Incompatible;
4018
4019 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4020 return Compatible;
4021}
4022
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004023Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004024Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004025 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4026 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4027 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4028 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4029 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004030 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4031 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004032 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004033 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004034 }
4035
4036 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4037 // structures.
4038 }
4039
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004040 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4041 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004042 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4043 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004044 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004045 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4046 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004047 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004048 return Compatible;
4049 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004050
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004051 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004052 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00004053 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004054 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004055 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004056 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004057 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4058 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004059
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004060 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4061 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004062
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004063 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4064 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004065 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4066 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4067 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4068 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004069 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004070 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004071 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004072}
4073
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004074QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004075 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004076 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004077 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004078 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004079}
4080
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004082 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004083 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004084 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004085 QualType lhsType =
4086 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4087 QualType rhsType =
4088 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004089
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004090 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004091 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004092 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004093
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004094 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4095 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004096 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4097 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004098 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4099 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004100 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004101 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004102 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004103 }
4104 }
4105 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004106
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004107 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4108 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4109 bool swapped = false;
4110 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4111 swapped = true;
4112 std::swap(rex, lex);
4113 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4114 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004115
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004116 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004117 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004118 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4119 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4120 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004121 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004122 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4123 return lhsType;
4124 }
4125 }
4126 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4127 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4128 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004129 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004130 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4131 return lhsType;
4132 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004133 }
4134 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004135
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004136 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004137 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004138 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004139 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004140 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004141}
4142
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004143inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004144 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004145 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004146 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004147
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004148 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004150 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004151 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004152 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004153}
4154
4155inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004156 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004157 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4158 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4159 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4160 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4161 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004162
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004163 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004164
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004165 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004166 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004167 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004168}
4169
4170inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004171 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004172 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4173 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4174 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4175 return compType;
4176 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004177
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004178 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004179
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004180 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004181 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4182 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4183 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004184 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004185 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004186
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004187 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4188 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004189 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004190 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4191
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004192 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004193
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004194 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004195 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004196
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004197 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4198 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004199 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4200 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004201 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004202 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004203 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004204
4205 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4206 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4207 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004208 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004209 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4210 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4211 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4212 return QualType();
4213 }
4214
4215 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4216 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4217 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004218 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004219 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004220 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004221 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004222 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4223 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004224 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4225 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004226 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004227 return QualType();
4228 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004229 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4230 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4231 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4232 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4233 return QualType();
4234 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004235
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004236 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004237 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4238 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4239 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4240 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4241 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004242 }
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004243 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4244 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004245 return PExp->getType();
4246 }
4247 }
4248
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004249 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004250}
4251
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004252// C99 6.5.6
4253QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004254 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4255 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4256 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4257 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4258 return compType;
4259 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004260
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004261 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004262
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004263 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004264
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004265 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004266 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4267 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004268 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004269 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004270 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004271
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004272 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004273 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004274 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004275
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004276 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004277
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004278 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4279 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4280 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4281 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4282 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4283 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4284 return QualType();
4285 }
4286
4287 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4288 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4289 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4290 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4291 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004292 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004293 return QualType();
4294 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004295
4296 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4297 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4298 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004299 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004300 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004301 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004302 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004303 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004304
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004305 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4306 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4308 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4309 return QualType();
4310 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004311
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004312 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004313 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4314 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4315 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4316 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4317 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4318 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004319 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004320 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4321
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004322 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004323 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004324 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004325
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004326 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004327 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004328 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004329
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004330 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4331 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4332 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4333 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4334 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4335 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4336 return QualType();
4337 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004338
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004339 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4340 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4341 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4342 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004343 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004344 return QualType();
4345 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004346
4347 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4348 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4349 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4350 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4351 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004352 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4353 << rex->getSourceRange()
4354 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004355 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004356
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004357 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4358 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4359 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4360 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4361 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4362 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4363 return QualType();
4364 }
4365 } else {
4366 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4367 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4368 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4369 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4371 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4372 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4373 return QualType();
4374 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004375 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004376
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004377 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4378 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4379 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4380 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4381 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004382 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004383 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004384
4385 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004386 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4387 }
4388 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004389
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004390 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004391}
4392
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004393// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004394QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004395 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004396 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4397 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004398 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004399
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004400 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4401 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004402 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4403 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4404 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4405 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4406 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004407 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004408 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004409 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4410
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004411 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004412
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004413 // Sanity-check shift operands
4414 llvm::APSInt Right;
4415 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar3f180c62009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004416 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4417 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004418 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004419 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4420 else {
4421 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4422 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4423 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4424 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4425 }
4426 }
4427
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004428 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004429 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004430}
4431
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004432// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004433QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004434 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4435 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4436
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004437 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004438 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004439
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004440 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004441 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4442 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4443 else {
4444 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4445 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4446 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004447 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4448 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004449
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004450 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4451 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004452 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4453 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4454 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004455 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004456 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004457 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4458 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4459 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4460 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004461 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4462 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004463 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004464
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004465 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4466 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4467 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4468 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004469
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004470 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4471 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004472 Expr *literalString = 0;
4473 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004474 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004475 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4476 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004477 literalString = lex;
4478 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004479 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4480 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004481 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4482 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004483 literalString = rex;
4484 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4485 }
4486
4487 if (literalString) {
4488 std::string resultComparison;
4489 switch (Opc) {
4490 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4491 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4492 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4493 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4494 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4495 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4496 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4497 }
4498 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4499 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4500 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004501 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4502 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4503 "strcmp(")
4504 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4505 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004506 resultComparison);
4507 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004508 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004509
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004510 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004511 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004512
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004513 if (isRelational) {
4514 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004515 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004516 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004517 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004518 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004519 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004520 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004521 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004522
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004523 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004524 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004525 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004526
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004527 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4528 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4529 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4530 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004531
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004532 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4533 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4534 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004535 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004536 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004537 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004538 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004539 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004542 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4543 return ResultTy;
4544
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004545 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4546 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4547 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4548 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4549 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4550 //
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004551 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004552 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004553 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004554 if (T.isNull()) {
4555 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4556 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4557 return QualType();
4558 }
4559
4560 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4561 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4562 return ResultTy;
4563 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004564 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4565 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4566 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4567 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4568 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4569 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4570 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4571 }
4572 } else if (!isRelational &&
4573 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4574 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4575 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4576 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4577 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4578 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4579 }
4580 } else {
4581 // Invalid
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004582 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004583 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004584 }
Eli Friedman3075e762009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004585 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
4586 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004587 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004588 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004589
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004590 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004591 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004592 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004593 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004594 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4595 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004596 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004597 return ResultTy;
4598 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004599 if (LHSIsNull &&
4600 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4601 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson26ba8502009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004602 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004603 return ResultTy;
4604 }
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004605
4606 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004607 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004608 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4609 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004610 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4611 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4612 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4613 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4614 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4615 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4616 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4617 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004618 // types.
4619 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4620 if (T.isNull()) {
4621 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4622 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4623 return QualType();
4624 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004625
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004626 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4627 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4628 return ResultTy;
4629 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004630
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004631 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004632 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4633 return ResultTy;
4634 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004635
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004636 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004637 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004638 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4639 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004640
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004641 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004642 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004643 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004644 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004645 }
4646 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004647 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004648 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004649 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004650 if (!isRelational
4651 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4652 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004653 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004654 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004655 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004656 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004657 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4658 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4659 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004660 }
4661 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004662 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004663 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004664
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004665 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004666 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004667 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4668 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004669 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004670 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004671 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004672 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004673
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004674 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4675 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004676 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004677 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004678 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004679 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004680 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004681 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004682 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004683 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004684 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4685 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004686 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004687 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004688 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004689 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004690 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004691 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4692 if (RHSIsNull) {
4693 if (isRelational)
4694 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4695 } else if (isRelational)
4696 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4697 else
4698 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004699
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004700 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004701 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004702 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004703 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004704 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004705 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004706 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004707 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004708 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4709 if (LHSIsNull) {
4710 if (isRelational)
4711 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4712 } else if (isRelational)
4713 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4714 else
4715 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004716
Chris Lattner06c0f5b2009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004717 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004718 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004719 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6365e3e2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004720 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004721 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004722 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004723 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004724 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004725 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4726 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004727 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004728 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004729 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004730 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4731 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004732 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004733 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004734 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004735 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004736}
4737
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004738/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004739/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004740/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4741/// types.
4742QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004743 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004744 bool isRelational) {
4745 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4746 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004747 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004748 if (vType.isNull())
4749 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004750
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004751 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4752 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004753
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004754 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4755 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4756 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4757 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4758 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4759 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4760 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004761 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004762 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004763
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004764 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4765 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4766 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004767 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004768 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004769
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004770 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4771 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4772 // elements for floating point vectors.
4773 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4774 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004775
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004776 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004777 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004778 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004779 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004780 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004781 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4782
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004783 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004784 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004785 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4786}
4787
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004788inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004789 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004790 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004791 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004792
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004793 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004794
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004795 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004796 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004797 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004798}
4799
4800inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004801 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004802 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4803 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004804
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004805 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004806 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004807 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004808}
4809
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004810/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4811/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4812/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4813///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004814static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004815 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4816 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4817 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4818 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004819 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004820 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4821 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4822 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4823 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004824 }
4825 }
4826 return false;
4827}
4828
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004829/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4830/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4831static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004832 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004833 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004834 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004835 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4836 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004837 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4838 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004839
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004840 unsigned Diag = 0;
4841 bool NeedType = false;
4842 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4843 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4844 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004845 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004846 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4847 NeedType = true;
4848 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004849 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004850 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4851 NeedType = true;
4852 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004853 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004854 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4855 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004856 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004857 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4858 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004859 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4860 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004861 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004862 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4863 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004864 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004865 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4866 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004867 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004868 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4869 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004870 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4871 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4872 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004873 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4874 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4875 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004876 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004877
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004878 SourceRange Assign;
4879 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4880 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004881 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004882 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004883 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004884 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004885 return true;
4886}
4887
4888
4889
4890// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004891QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4892 SourceLocation Loc,
4893 QualType CompoundType) {
4894 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4895 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004896 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004897
4898 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4899 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004900
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004901 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004902 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004903 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004904 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004905 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4906 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4907 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004908 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004909 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004910 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004911 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004913 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4914 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4915 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004916 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004917 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4918 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4919 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4920 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4921 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004922 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004923 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004924 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4925 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4926 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004927 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4928 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004929 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4930 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4931 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004932 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004933 }
4934 } else {
4935 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004936 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004937 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004938
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004939 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4940 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004941 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004942
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004943 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4944 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004945 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004946 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4947 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004948 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004949 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004950 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004951}
4952
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004953// C99 6.5.17
4954QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004955 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004956 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004957
4958 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4959 // incomplete in C++).
4960
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004961 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004962}
4963
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004964/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4965/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004966QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4967 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004968 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4969 return Context.DependentTy;
4970
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004971 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4972 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004973
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004974 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4975 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4976 if (!isInc) {
4977 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4978 return QualType();
4979 }
4980 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4981 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4982 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004983 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004984 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4985 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004986
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004987 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004988 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004989 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4990 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4991 << Op->getSourceRange();
4992 return QualType();
4993 }
4994
4995 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004996 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004997 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004998 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4999 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5000 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5001 return QualType();
5002 }
5003
5004 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005005 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005006 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005007 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005008 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005009 << ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005010 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005011 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5012 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5013 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5014 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5015 return QualType();
5016 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005017 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5018 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5019 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005020 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005021 } else {
5022 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005023 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005024 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005025 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005026 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005027 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005028 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005029 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005030 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005031}
5032
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005033/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005034/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005035/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5036/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5037/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5038/// - &(x) => x
5039/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5040/// - &s.xx => s
5041/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5042/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5043/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5044/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005045static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005046 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005047 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00005048 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005049 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005050 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005051 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5052 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5053 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005054 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005055 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005056 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005057 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005058 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005059 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5060 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005061 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5062 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5063 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5064 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5065 }
5066 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005067 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005068 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5069 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005070
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005071 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005072 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5073 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5074 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5075 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5076 default:
5077 return 0;
5078 }
5079 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005080 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005081 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005082 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005083 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5084 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005085 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005086 default:
5087 return 0;
5088 }
5089}
5090
5091/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005092/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005093/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005094/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005095/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005096/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005097/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005098QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005099 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5100 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5101
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005102 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5103 return Context.DependentTy;
5104
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005105 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5106 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5107 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5108 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5109 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5110 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5111 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5112 }
5113 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5114 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5115 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005116 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005117 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005118
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005119 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5120 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005121 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005122 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005123 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005124 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5125 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005126 return QualType();
5127 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005128 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005129 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5130 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5131 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005132 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005133 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5134 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005135 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005136 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005137 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005138 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005139 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5140 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5141 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5142 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5143 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson1d524c32009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005144 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5145 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson474e1022009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005146 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5147 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005148 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005149 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005150 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5151 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
5152 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005153 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5154 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005155 return QualType();
5156 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005157 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5158 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005159 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005160 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005161 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005162 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5163 // scope qualifier for the class.
5164 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
5165 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005166 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5167 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005168 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005169 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5170 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5171 return QualType();
5172 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005173
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005174 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5175 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005176 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005177 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005178 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005179 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005180 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005181 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
5182 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5183 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5184 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005185 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005186 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005187
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005188 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5189 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5190 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5191 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5192 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5193 }
5194
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005195 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
5196 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
5197}
5198
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005199QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005200 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5201 return Context.DependentTy;
5202
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005203 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5204 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005205
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005206 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5207 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5208 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5209 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005210 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005211 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005212
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005213 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanian16b10372009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005214 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005215
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005216 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005217 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005218 return QualType();
5219}
5220
5221static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5222 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5223 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5224 switch (Kind) {
5225 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005226 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5227 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005228 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5229 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5230 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5231 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5232 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5233 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5234 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5235 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5236 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5237 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5238 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5239 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5240 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5241 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5242 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5243 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5244 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5245 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5246 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5247 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5248 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5249 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5250 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5251 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5252 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5253 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5254 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5255 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5256 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5257 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5258 }
5259 return Opc;
5260}
5261
5262static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5263 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5264 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5265 switch (Kind) {
5266 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5267 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5268 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5269 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5270 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5271 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5272 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5273 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5274 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005275 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5276 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5277 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5278 }
5279 return Opc;
5280}
5281
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005282/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5283/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5284/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005285Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5286 unsigned Op,
5287 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005288 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005289 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005290 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5291 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5292 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005293
5294 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005295 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5296 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5297 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005298 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5299 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5300 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5301 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5302 break;
5303 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005304 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5305 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5306 break;
5307 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5308 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5309 break;
5310 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5311 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5312 break;
5313 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5314 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5315 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005316 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005317 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5318 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5319 break;
5320 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5321 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5322 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5323 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005324 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005325 break;
5326 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5327 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005328 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005329 break;
5330 case BinaryOperator::And:
5331 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5332 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5333 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5334 break;
5335 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5336 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5337 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5338 break;
5339 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5340 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005341 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5342 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5343 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5344 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005345 break;
5346 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005347 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5348 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5349 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5350 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005351 break;
5352 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005353 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5354 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5355 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005356 break;
5357 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005358 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5359 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5360 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005361 break;
5362 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5363 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005364 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5365 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5366 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5367 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005368 break;
5369 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5370 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5371 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005372 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5373 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5374 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5375 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005376 break;
5377 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5378 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5379 break;
5380 }
5381 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005382 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005383 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005384 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5385 else
5386 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005387 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5388 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005389}
5390
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005391// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005392Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5393 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5394 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005395 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005396 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005397
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005398 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5399 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005400
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005401 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005402 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005403 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5404 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5405 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5406 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5407 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005408 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005409 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5410 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5411 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5412 Functions);
5413 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005414 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005415 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5416 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005417 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005418
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005419 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5420 // binary operation.
5421 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005422 }
5423
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005424 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5425 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005426}
5427
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005428Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005429 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005430 ExprArg InputArg) {
5431 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005432
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005433 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005434 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005435 QualType resultType;
5436 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005437 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5438 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5439 break;
5440
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005441 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5442 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005443 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5444 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005445 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005446 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5447 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005448 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005449 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005450 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5451 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005452 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005453 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005454 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5455 break;
5456 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5457 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005458 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5459 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005460 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5461 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005462 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5463 break;
5464 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5465 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5466 break;
5467 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5468 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5469 resultType->isPointerType())
5470 break;
5471
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005472 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5473 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005474 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005475 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5476 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005477 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5478 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005479 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5480 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5481 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005482 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005483 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005484 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005485 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5486 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005487 break;
5488 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5489 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005490 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5491 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005492 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5493 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005494 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005495 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5496 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005497 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005498 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5499 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005500 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005501 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005502 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005503 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005504 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005505 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005506 resultType = Input->getType();
5507 break;
5508 }
5509 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005510 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005511
5512 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005513 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005514}
5515
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005516// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5517Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5518 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5519 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5520 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5521
5522 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5523 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5524 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5525 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5526 // the arguments.
5527 FunctionSet Functions;
5528 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5529 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5530 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5531 Functions);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005532 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005533 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5534 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5535 }
5536
5537 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5538 }
5539
5540 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5541}
5542
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005543/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005544Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5545 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5546 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005547 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005548 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005549
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005550 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5551 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005552 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005553 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005554
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005555 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005556 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5557 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005558}
5559
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005560Sema::OwningExprResult
5561Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5562 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5563 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005564 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5565 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5566
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005567 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005568 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005569 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005570
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005571 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5572 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5573 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005574
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005575 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5576 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5577 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005578
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005579 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5580 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5581 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5582 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5583 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005584
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005585 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005586 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005587 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005588
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005589 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5590 // expressions are not lvalues.
5591
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005592 substmt.release();
5593 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005594}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005595
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005596Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5597 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5598 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5599 TypeTy *argty,
5600 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5601 unsigned NumComponents,
5602 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5603 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5604 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005605 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5606 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005607 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005608
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005609 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5610
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005611 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5612 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5613 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005614 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005615 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005616
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005617 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5618 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005619
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005620 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5621 // the offsetof designators.
5622 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5623 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005624 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005625 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005626
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005627 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5628 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005629 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5630 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005631 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005632 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5633 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005634
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005635 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005636 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005637
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005638 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5639 // leaks like a sieve.
5640 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5641 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5642 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5643 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5644 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5645 if (!AT) {
5646 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005647 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5648 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005649 }
5650
5651 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5652
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005653 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5654 // expression.
5655 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5656
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005657 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5658 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005659 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005660 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005661 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005662 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005663 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005664
5665 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5666 OC.LocEnd);
5667 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005668 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005669
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005670 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005671 if (!RC) {
5672 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005673 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5674 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005675 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005676
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005677 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5678 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005679 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005680 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005681 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5682 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5683 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005684 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5685 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005686 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005687
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005688 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5689 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5690 LookupMemberName)
5691 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005692 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005693 if (!MemberDecl)
Anders Carlssonf4d84b62009-08-30 00:54:35 +00005694 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member_deprecated)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005695 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005696
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005697 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5698 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005699 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005700 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5701 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005702 } else {
5703 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5704 // doesn't matter here.
5705 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5706 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5707 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005708 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005709 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005710
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005711 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5712 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005713}
5714
5715
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005716Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5717 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5718 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005719 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5720 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5721 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005722
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005723 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005724
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005725 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5726 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5727 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5728 return ExprError();
5729 }
5730
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005731 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5732 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005733}
5734
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005735Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5736 ExprArg cond,
5737 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5738 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5739 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5740 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5741 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005742
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005743 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5744
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005745 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005746 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005747 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005748 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005749 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005750 } else {
5751 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5752 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5753 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5754 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005755 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5756 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5757 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005758
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005759 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5760 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005761 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5762 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005763 }
5764
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005765 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5766 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005767 resType, RPLoc,
5768 resType->isDependentType(),
5769 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005770}
5771
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005772//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5773// Clang Extensions.
5774//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5775
5776/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005777void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005778 // Analyze block parameters.
5779 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005780
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005781 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5782 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5783 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005784
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005785 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005786 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005787 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005788 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005789 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5790 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005791
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005792 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005793 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005794}
5795
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005796void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005797 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005798
5799 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5800 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005801 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005802 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5803
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005804 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5805 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5806 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5807 return;
5808 }
5809
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005810 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5811 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5812 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5813
5814 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5815 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005816 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005817 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005818 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005819 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005820 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5821 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005822 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005823
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005824 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5825 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5826 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5827 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5828 return;
5829 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005830 return;
5831 }
5832
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005833 // Analyze arguments to block.
5834 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5835 "Not a function declarator!");
5836 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005837
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005838 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5839 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005840
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005841 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5842 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5843 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5844 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005845 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5846 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005847 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005848 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005849 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5850 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005851 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005852 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005853 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005854 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005855 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005856 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005857 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005858 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5859 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5860 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5861 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5862 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005863
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005864 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005865 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005866 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005867 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005868 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005869 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5870 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005871
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005872 // Analyze the return type.
5873 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005874 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005875
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005876 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5877 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5878 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5879 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5880 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005881 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005882}
5883
5884/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5885/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5886void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5887 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5888 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005889
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005890 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5891
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005892 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005893 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005894 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005895 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005896}
5897
5898/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5899/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005900Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5901 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005902 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5903 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5904 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005905
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005906 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5907 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005908
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005909 PopDeclContext();
5910
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005911 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5912 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005913
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005914 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005915 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5916 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005917
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005918 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5919 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5920 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005921
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005922 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005923 QualType BlockTy;
5924 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005925 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5926 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005927 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005928 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005929 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5930 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005931
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005932 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005933 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005934 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005935
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005936 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5937 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5938 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5939 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005940
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005941 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005942 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005943 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5944 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005945}
5946
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005947Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5948 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5949 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005950 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005951 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5952 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005953
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005954 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005955
5956 // Get the va_list type
5957 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005958 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5959 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5960 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5961 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005962 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005963 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5964 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5965 } else {
5966 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5967 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005968 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005969 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005970 return ExprError();
5971 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005972
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005973 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5974 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005975 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5976 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005977 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005978 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005979
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005980 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005981 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005982
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005983 expr.release();
5984 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5985 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005986}
5987
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005988Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005989 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5990 // pointers on the target.
5991 QualType Ty;
5992 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5993 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5994 else
5995 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5996
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005997 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005998}
5999
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006000bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6001 SourceLocation Loc,
6002 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6003 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6004 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6005 bool isInvalid = false;
6006 unsigned DiagKind;
6007 switch (ConvTy) {
6008 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6009 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006010 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006011 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6012 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006013 case IntToPointer:
6014 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6015 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006016 case IncompatiblePointer:
6017 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6018 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006019 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6020 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6021 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006022 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6023 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6024 break;
6025 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006026 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6027 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6028 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6029 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6030 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6031 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6032 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6033 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6034 // C++ semantics.
6035 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6036 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6037 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006038 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6039 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006040 case IntToBlockPointer:
6041 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6042 break;
6043 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006044 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006045 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006046 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006047 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006048 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6049 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6050 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006051 case IncompatibleVectors:
6052 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6053 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006054 case Incompatible:
6055 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6056 isInvalid = true;
6057 break;
6058 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006059
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006060 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6061 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006062 return isInvalid;
6063}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006064
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006065bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006066 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6067 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6068 if (Result)
6069 *Result = ICEResult;
6070 return false;
6071 }
6072
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006073 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6074
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006075 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006076 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6077 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6078
6079 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6080 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6081 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6082 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6083 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6084 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6085 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006086
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006087 return true;
6088 }
6089
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006090 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6091 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006092
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006093 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6094 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6095 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006096
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006097 if (Result)
6098 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6099 return false;
6100}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006101
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006102Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6103Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006104 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6105 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6106 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006107
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006108 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6109 return NewContext;
6110}
6111
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006112void
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006113Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6114 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6115 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6116
6117 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6118 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6119 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6120 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6121 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6122 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6123 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006124
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006125 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6126 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6127 I != IEnd; ++I)
6128 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6129 }
6130}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006131
6132/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6133///
6134/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6135/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6136/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6137/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6138///
6139/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6140///
6141/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6142void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6143 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006144
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006145 if (D->isUsed())
6146 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006147
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006148 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6149 // template or not.
6150 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
6151 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006152
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006153 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6154 // an instantiation.
6155 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6156 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006157
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006158 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6159 case Unevaluated:
6160 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6161 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006162
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006163 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6164 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6165 // "used"; handle this below.
6166 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006167
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006168 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6169 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6170 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6171 // potentially evaluated.
6172 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6173 return;
6174 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006175
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006176 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006177 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006178 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006179 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6180 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6181 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006182 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006183 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006184 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6185 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6186 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006187 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6188 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6189 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006190
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006191 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6192 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6193 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6194 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6195 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6196 }
6197 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006198 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006199 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006200 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00006201 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006202 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
6203 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
6204 // instantiated, naturally).
6205 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
6206 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00006207 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006208 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006209
6210
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006211 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006212 Function->setUsed(true);
6213 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006214 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006215
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006216 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006217 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
6218 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
6219 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
Douglas Gregor52604ab2009-09-11 21:19:12 +00006220 // FIXME: extern templates
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006221 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006222 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
6223 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006224
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006225 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006226
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006227 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006228 return;
Sam Weinigcce6ebc2009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006229 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006230}